2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
// -*- Mode: C++ -*-
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
#ifndef MAINWINDOW_H
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAINWINDOW_H
|
2013-05-23 16:21:47 -04:00
|
|
|
#ifdef QT5
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QtWidgets>
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
#include <QtGui>
|
2013-05-23 16:21:47 -04:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
|
|
|
#include <QThread>
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
#include <QTimer>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QDateTime>
|
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
|
|
|
#include <QList>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QAudioDeviceInfo>
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
#include <QScopedPointer>
|
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
|
|
|
#include <QDir>
|
2015-02-14 19:48:38 -05:00
|
|
|
#include <QProgressDialog>
|
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
|
|
|
#include <QAbstractSocket>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QHostAddress>
|
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
|
|
|
#include <QPointer>
|
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "soundin.h"
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "AudioDevice.hpp"
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "soundout.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "commons.h"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "Radio.hpp"
|
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "Modes.hpp"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "Configuration.hpp"
|
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "WSPRBandHopping.hpp"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "Transceiver.hpp"
|
2013-04-16 16:15:25 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "psk_reporter.h"
|
2013-07-16 17:16:57 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "signalmeter.h"
|
2013-07-31 07:29:42 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "logbook/logbook.h"
|
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "Detector.hpp"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "Modulator.hpp"
|
2013-08-24 21:48:45 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "decodedtext.h"
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
#include "wsprnet.h"
|
2013-08-24 21:48:45 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_JT4_SYMBOLS 206
|
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS 126
|
|
|
|
|
#define NUM_JT9_SYMBOLS 85
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_WSPR_SYMBOLS 162
|
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_CW_SYMBOLS 250
|
|
|
|
|
#define TX_SAMPLE_RATE 48000
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
extern int volatile itone[NUM_JT4_SYMBOLS]; //Audio tones for all Tx symbols
|
2014-04-06 17:58:11 -04:00
|
|
|
extern int volatile icw[NUM_CW_SYMBOLS]; //Dits for CW ID
|
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
//--------------------------------------------------------------- MainWindow
|
|
|
|
|
namespace Ui {
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
class MainWindow;
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
class QSettings;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
class QLineEdit;
|
2015-02-13 03:53:02 -05:00
|
|
|
class QFont;
|
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
|
|
|
class QHostInfo;
|
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
|
|
|
class EchoGraph;
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
class WideGraph;
|
|
|
|
|
class LogQSO;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
class Transceiver;
|
|
|
|
|
class Astro;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
class MessageAveraging;
|
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
|
|
|
class MessageClient;
|
|
|
|
|
class QTime;
|
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
|
|
|
class WSPRBandHopping;
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_OBJECT;
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
using Frequency = Radio::Frequency;
|
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
|
|
|
using Mode = Modes::Mode;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Multiple instances: call MainWindow() with *thekey
|
2014-10-03 12:07:43 -04:00
|
|
|
explicit MainWindow(bool multiple, QSettings *, QSharedMemory *shdmem,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned downSampleFactor, QWidget *parent = 0);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
~MainWindow();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public slots:
|
|
|
|
|
void showSoundInError(const QString& errorMsg);
|
2013-08-05 09:57:55 -04:00
|
|
|
void showSoundOutError(const QString& errorMsg);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void showStatusMessage(const QString& statusMsg);
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
void dataSink(qint64 frames);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void diskDat();
|
|
|
|
|
void diskWriteFinished();
|
|
|
|
|
void freezeDecode(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void guiUpdate();
|
2013-03-01 16:25:33 -05:00
|
|
|
void doubleClickOnCall(bool shift, bool ctrl);
|
2013-04-03 20:09:25 -04:00
|
|
|
void doubleClickOnCall2(bool shift, bool ctrl);
|
2012-11-20 15:39:41 -05:00
|
|
|
void readFromStdout();
|
|
|
|
|
void readFromStderr();
|
2013-09-27 20:58:36 -04:00
|
|
|
void jt9_error(QProcess::ProcessError);
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
void p1ReadFromStdout();
|
|
|
|
|
void p1ReadFromStderr();
|
|
|
|
|
void p1Error(QProcess::ProcessError);
|
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
|
|
|
void setXIT(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void setFreq4(int rxFreq, int txFreq);
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
void clrAvg();
|
|
|
|
|
void msgAvgDecode2();
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
|
void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*);
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
private slots:
|
|
|
|
|
void on_tx1_editingFinished();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_tx2_editingFinished();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_tx3_editingFinished();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_tx4_editingFinished();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_tx5_currentTextChanged (QString const&);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_tx6_editingFinished();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionSettings_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_monitorButton_clicked (bool);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionAbout_triggered();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_autoButton_clicked (bool);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_stopTxButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_stopButton_clicked();
|
2014-09-24 19:46:32 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionLocal_User_Guide_triggered();
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionOpen_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered();
|
2012-07-02 12:13:21 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionDelete_all_wav_files_in_SaveDir_triggered();
|
2014-10-04 07:47:03 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionOpen_log_directory_triggered ();
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionNone_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionSave_all_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_DecodeButton_clicked (bool);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void decode();
|
|
|
|
|
void decodeBusy(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_EraseButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb1_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txFirstCheckBox_stateChanged(int arg1);
|
|
|
|
|
void set_ntx(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb2_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb3_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb4_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb5_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb6_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_lookupButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_addButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_dxCallEntry_textChanged(const QString &arg1);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_dxGridEntry_textChanged(const QString &arg1);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_genStdMsgsPushButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_logQSOButton_clicked();
|
2012-10-04 17:39:48 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionJT9_1_triggered();
|
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionJT65_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionJT4_triggered();
|
2012-10-05 15:14:45 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_TxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int arg1);
|
2012-10-30 12:49:24 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionSave_decoded_triggered();
|
2012-10-31 14:33:56 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionQuickDecode_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionMediumDecode_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionDeepestDecode_triggered();
|
2012-11-01 15:54:40 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_inGain_valueChanged(int n);
|
2012-11-23 11:05:50 -05:00
|
|
|
void bumpFqso(int n);
|
2013-03-18 12:14:18 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionErase_ALL_TXT_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionErase_wsjtx_log_adi_triggered();
|
2013-03-24 13:29:26 -04:00
|
|
|
void startTx2();
|
|
|
|
|
void stopTx();
|
|
|
|
|
void stopTx2();
|
2013-04-07 21:50:49 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_pbCallCQ_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbAnswerCaller_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbSendRRR_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbAnswerCQ_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbSendReport_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbSend73_clicked();
|
2015-05-28 11:44:03 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_rbGenMsg_clicked(bool checked);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_rbFreeText_clicked(bool checked);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (QString const&);
|
2013-04-08 14:31:21 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_rptSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
2013-04-12 13:57:20 -04:00
|
|
|
void killFile();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_tuneButton_clicked (bool);
|
2013-04-24 12:05:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_pbR2T_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbT2R_clicked();
|
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
|
|
|
void acceptQSO2(QDateTime const&, QString const& call, QString const& grid
|
|
|
|
|
, Frequency dial_freq, QString const& mode
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& rpt_sent, QString const& rpt_received
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& tx_power, QString const& comments
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& name);
|
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_bandComboBox_currentIndexChanged (int index);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_bandComboBox_activated (int index);
|
2013-05-03 20:12:27 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_readFreq_clicked();
|
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_pbTxMode_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbTxLock_clicked(bool checked);
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_outAttenuation_valueChanged (int);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void rigOpen ();
|
|
|
|
|
void handle_transceiver_update (Transceiver::TransceiverState);
|
|
|
|
|
void handle_transceiver_failure (QString reason);
|
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
|
|
|
void on_actionAstronomical_data_triggered();
|
2014-01-27 16:28:54 -05:00
|
|
|
void on_actionShort_list_of_add_on_prefixes_and_suffixes_triggered();
|
2014-01-31 11:45:12 -05:00
|
|
|
void getpfx();
|
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
|
|
|
void on_actionJT9W_1_triggered();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void band_changed (Frequency);
|
|
|
|
|
void monitor (bool);
|
2014-04-11 18:50:44 -04:00
|
|
|
void stop_tuning ();
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
void stopTuneATU();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
void auto_tx_mode (bool);
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbTol_valueChanged(int i);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionInclude_averaging_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionInclude_correlation_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbDT_valueChanged(double x);
|
|
|
|
|
void VHF_controls_visible(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void VHF_features_enabled(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbEME_toggled(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbMinW_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbSubmode_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbShMsgs_toggled(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbTx6_toggled(bool b);
|
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
|
|
|
void networkError (QString const&);
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_ClrAvgButton_clicked();
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionWSPR_2_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionWSPR_15_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_syncSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_TxPowerComboBox_currentIndexChanged(const QString &arg1);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbTxPercent_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbUploadWSPR_Spots_toggled(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void WSPR_config(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void uploadSpots();
|
|
|
|
|
void uploadResponse(QString response);
|
|
|
|
|
void p3ReadFromStdout();
|
|
|
|
|
void p3ReadFromStderr();
|
|
|
|
|
void p3Error(QProcess::ProcessError e);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_WSPRfreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbTxNext_clicked(bool b);
|
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_tabWidget_currentChanged (int);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
|
|
|
void on_actionEcho_Graph_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionEcho_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-27 16:28:54 -05:00
|
|
|
private:
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void initializeAudioOutputStream (QAudioDeviceInfo,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned channels, unsigned msBuffered) const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void stopAudioOutputStream () const;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void startAudioInputStream (QAudioDeviceInfo const&,
|
|
|
|
|
int framesPerBuffer, AudioDevice * sink,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned downSampleFactor, AudioDevice::Channel) const;
|
2014-04-06 20:55:05 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void suspendAudioInputStream () const;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void resumeAudioInputStream () const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void startDetector (AudioDevice::Channel) const;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void detectorClose () const;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void finished () const;
|
2015-05-29 15:23:54 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void transmitFrequency (double) const;
|
2014-04-06 17:58:11 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void endTransmitMessage (bool quick = false) const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void tune (bool = true) const;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void sendMessage (unsigned symbolsLength, double framesPerSymbol,
|
2015-05-29 15:23:54 -04:00
|
|
|
double frequency, double toneSpacing,
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
SoundOutput *, AudioDevice::Channel = AudioDevice::Mono,
|
|
|
|
|
bool synchronize = true, double dBSNR = 99.) const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void outAttenuationChanged (qreal) const;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void toggleShorthand () const;
|
2013-08-07 19:09:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-03-23 14:24:27 -04:00
|
|
|
private:
|
2014-12-02 19:06:54 -05:00
|
|
|
QDir m_dataDir;
|
2014-04-14 06:42:11 -04:00
|
|
|
QString m_revision;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_multiple;
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
QSettings * m_settings;
|
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-07 19:06:43 -05:00
|
|
|
Ui::MainWindow * ui;
|
2013-08-10 11:29:55 -04:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
// other windows
|
|
|
|
|
Configuration m_config;
|
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
|
|
|
WSPRBandHopping m_WSPR_band_hopping;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
QMessageBox m_rigErrorMessageBox;
|
2014-03-05 13:20:40 -05:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<WideGraph> m_wideGraph;
|
2015-06-04 12:42:38 -04:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<EchoGraph> m_echoGraph;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<LogQSO> m_logDlg;
|
|
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<Astro> m_astroWidget;
|
2014-05-15 07:41:18 -04:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<QTextEdit> m_shortcuts;
|
|
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<QTextEdit> m_prefixes;
|
|
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<QTextEdit> m_mouseCmnds;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<MessageAveraging> m_msgAvgWidget;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency m_dialFreq;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
Frequency m_dialFreqRxWSPR;
|
2013-03-18 09:24:50 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-10-18 20:56:41 -04:00
|
|
|
Detector m_detector;
|
|
|
|
|
SoundInput m_soundInput;
|
|
|
|
|
Modulator m_modulator;
|
|
|
|
|
SoundOutput m_soundOutput;
|
|
|
|
|
QThread * m_audioThread;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
qint64 m_msErase;
|
|
|
|
|
qint64 m_secBandChanged;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
qint64 m_freqMoon;
|
|
|
|
|
qint64 m_freqNominal;
|
|
|
|
|
qint64 m_dialFreqTx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-04 15:46:12 -04:00
|
|
|
double m_s6;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
float m_DTtol;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
float m_rxavg;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_waterfallAvg;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_ntx;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_timeout;
|
2014-10-18 20:56:41 -04:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_XIT;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_setftx;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_ndepth;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_sec0;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_RxLog;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nutc0;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nrx;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_ntr;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_tx;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_hsym;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nsps;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_hsymStop;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_len1;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_inGain;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_ncw;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_secID;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_repeatMsg;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_watchdogLimit;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_astroFont;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_nSubMode;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_MinW;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_tol;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nclearave;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_DopplerMethod;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_DopplerMethod0;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_minSync;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_dBm;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_pctx;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nseq;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_btxok; //True if OK to transmit
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_diskData;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_loopall;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_decoderBusy;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_txFirst;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_auto;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_restart;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_startAnother;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_saveDecoded;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_saveAll;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_widebandDecode;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_call3Modified;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_dataAvailable;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_killAll;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bdecoded;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_monitorStartOFF;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_pskReporterInit;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_noSuffix;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_toRTTY;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_dBtoComments;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_promptToLog;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_blankLine;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_insertBlank;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_displayDXCCEntity;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_clearCallGrid;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bMiles;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_decodedText2;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_freeText;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_quickCall;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_73TxDisable;
|
2015-03-17 10:59:19 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_sentFirst73;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_currentMessageType;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_currentMessage;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_lastMessageType;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_lastMessageSent;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_runaway;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bMultipleOK;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_lockTxFreq;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_tx2QSO;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_CATerror;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bAstroData;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_bEME;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bShMsgs;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bDopplerTracking;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bDopplerTracking0;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_uploadSpots;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_uploading;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_txNext;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_grid6;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_tuneup;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bTxTime;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_rxDone;
|
2015-06-03 21:45:40 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_bHaveTransmitted; //Can be used to prohibit consecutive WSPR transmissions
|
|
|
|
|
int m_nonWSPRTab;
|
2015-06-06 14:02:39 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_bEchoTxOK;
|
2015-06-04 15:46:12 -04:00
|
|
|
bool m_bTransmittedEcho;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
float m_pctZap;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// labels in status bar
|
|
|
|
|
QLabel * tx_status_label;
|
|
|
|
|
QLabel * mode_label;
|
|
|
|
|
QLabel * last_tx_label;
|
|
|
|
|
QLabel * auto_tx_label;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
QProgressBar* progressBar;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
QMessageBox msgBox0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QFuture<void>* future1;
|
|
|
|
|
QFuture<void>* future2;
|
|
|
|
|
QFuture<void>* future3;
|
|
|
|
|
QFutureWatcher<void>* watcher1;
|
|
|
|
|
QFutureWatcher<void>* watcher2;
|
|
|
|
|
QFutureWatcher<void>* watcher3;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QProcess proc_jt9;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
QProcess p1;
|
|
|
|
|
QProcess p3;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WSPRNet *wsprNet;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer m_guiTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer* ptt1Timer; //StartTx delay
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer* ptt0Timer; //StopTx delay
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer* logQSOTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer* killFileTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer* tuneButtonTimer;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
QTimer* uploadTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer* tuneATU_Timer;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_path;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_pbdecoding_style1;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_pbmonitor_style;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_pbAutoOn_style;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_pbTune_style;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_baseCall;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_hisCall;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_hisGrid;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_appDir;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_dxccPfx;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_palette;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_dateTime;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_modeTx;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_fname;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_rpt;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_rptSent;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_rptRcvd;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_qsoStart;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_qsoStop;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_cmnd;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_msgSent0;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_fileToSave;
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
QString m_band;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
QString m_c2name;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList m_prefix;
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList m_suffix;
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
QStringList m_sunriseBands;
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList m_dayBands;
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList m_sunsetBands;
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList m_nightBands;
|
|
|
|
|
QStringList m_tuneBands;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
QHash<QString,bool> m_pfx;
|
|
|
|
|
QHash<QString,bool> m_sfx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QDateTime m_dateTimeQSO;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QSharedMemory *mem_jt9;
|
|
|
|
|
SignalMeter *signalMeter;
|
|
|
|
|
LogBook m_logBook;
|
|
|
|
|
DecodedText m_QSOText;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned m_msAudioOutputBuffered;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned m_framesAudioInputBuffered;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned m_downSampleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
QThread::Priority m_audioThreadPriority;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bandEdited;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_splitMode;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_monitoring;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_transmitting;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_tune;
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency m_lastMonitoredFrequency;
|
|
|
|
|
double m_toneSpacing;
|
2015-02-14 19:48:38 -05:00
|
|
|
int m_firstDecode;
|
|
|
|
|
QProgressDialog m_optimizingProgress;
|
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
|
|
|
QTimer m_heartbeat;
|
|
|
|
|
MessageClient * m_messageClient;
|
|
|
|
|
PSK_Reporter *psk_Reporter;
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//---------------------------------------------------- private functions
|
|
|
|
|
void readSettings();
|
|
|
|
|
void setDecodedTextFont (QFont const&);
|
|
|
|
|
void writeSettings();
|
|
|
|
|
void createStatusBar();
|
|
|
|
|
void updateStatusBar();
|
|
|
|
|
void msgBox(QString t);
|
|
|
|
|
void genStdMsgs(QString rpt);
|
|
|
|
|
void lookup();
|
|
|
|
|
void ba2msg(QByteArray ba, char* message);
|
|
|
|
|
void msgtype(QString t, QLineEdit* tx);
|
|
|
|
|
void stub();
|
|
|
|
|
void statusChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
void qsy(Frequency f);
|
|
|
|
|
bool gridOK(QString g);
|
|
|
|
|
bool shortList(QString callsign);
|
|
|
|
|
void transmit (double snr = 99.);
|
|
|
|
|
void rigFailure (QString const& reason, QString const& detail);
|
|
|
|
|
void pskSetLocal ();
|
|
|
|
|
void displayDialFrequency ();
|
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
|
|
|
void transmitDisplay (bool);
|
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
|
|
|
void processMessage(QString const& messages, qint32 position, bool ctrl);
|
|
|
|
|
void replyToCQ (QTime, qint32 snr, float delta_time, quint32 delta_frequency, QString const& mode, QString const& message_text);
|
|
|
|
|
void replayDecodes ();
|
|
|
|
|
void postDecode (bool is_new, QString const& message);
|
2015-05-28 19:22:17 -04:00
|
|
|
void enable_DXCC_entity (bool on);
|
|
|
|
|
void switch_mode (Mode);
|
2015-06-06 09:40:10 -04:00
|
|
|
void WSPR_scheduling ();
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-26 11:20:43 -04:00
|
|
|
extern void getfile(QString fname, int ntrperiod);
|
|
|
|
|
extern void savewav(QString fname, int ntrperiod);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
extern int killbyname(const char* progName);
|
|
|
|
|
extern void getDev(int* numDevices,char hostAPI_DeviceName[][50],
|
|
|
|
|
int minChan[], int maxChan[],
|
|
|
|
|
int minSpeed[], int maxSpeed[]);
|
2013-04-23 16:46:04 -04:00
|
|
|
extern int ptt(int nport, int ntx, int* iptt, int* nopen);
|
2015-06-04 18:25:27 -04:00
|
|
|
extern int next_tx_state(int pctx);
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------- C and Fortran routines
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
void symspec_(int* k, int* ntrperiod, int* nsps, int* ingain, int* minw,
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
float* px, float s[], float* df3, int* nhsym, int* npts8);
|
2012-10-15 15:18:45 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 13:48:03 -04:00
|
|
|
void gen4_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
|
|
|
|
|
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void gen9_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
|
2012-10-15 15:18:45 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
void gen65_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
|
|
|
|
|
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
|
2013-07-08 09:17:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
void genwspr_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], int len1, int len2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
bool stdmsg_(const char* msg, int len);
|
2013-03-23 11:41:31 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
void azdist_(char* MyGrid, char* HisGrid, double* utch, int* nAz, int* nEl,
|
|
|
|
|
int* nDmiles, int* nDkm, int* nHotAz, int* nHotABetter,
|
|
|
|
|
int len1, int len2);
|
2013-03-24 21:24:47 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
void morse_(char* msg, int* icw, int* ncw, int len);
|
2013-07-08 19:32:20 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 15:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
int ptt_(int nport, int ntx, int* iptt, int* nopen);
|
2013-07-08 19:32:20 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-21 10:17:22 -05:00
|
|
|
int fftwf_import_wisdom_from_filename(const char *);
|
|
|
|
|
int fftwf_export_wisdom_to_filename(const char *);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-27 09:08:28 -04:00
|
|
|
void wspr_downsample_(short int d2[], int* k);
|
|
|
|
|
void savec2_(char* fname, int* m_TRseconds, double* m_dialFreq, int len1);
|
2012-10-28 11:47:43 -04:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-05-22 13:09:48 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // MAINWINDOW_H
|
